Posts Tagged ‘hampshire’
Expired Free Swing Dance Practice Fareham
Teacher
Franchise Owner
Book For Open Session: Free Dance Evening - Fareham
Free Swing Dance Practice Fareham
Tuesday, January 6, 2026 7:30 pm
Booking a Season Ticket? There is no need to add the separate 'Free Entry' ticket.
Teacher
Franchise Owner
Book For Open Session: Free Dance Evening – Fareham
Free Swing Dance Practice Fareham
Tuesday, January 6, 2026 7:30 pm
Booking a Season Ticket? There is no need to add the separate ‘Free Entry’ ticket.Book For Open Session: Free Dance Evening – Fareham
Free Swing Dance Practice Fareham
Tuesday, January 6, 2026 7:30 pm
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! ExpandThe course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Event Listing: Tuesday, January 6, 2026
Event Title: Welcome Back! Free Practice & Team Open Evening – Fareham
Event Description: Join us for a free Open Evening to kick off 2026! This is a relaxed, friendly, and fun session designed to welcome our community back after the break and look forward to the year ahead.
Reconnect & Dance: We’d love to welcome back past and current dancers for a mini-reunion and a chance to warm up your dance feet. Come along, catch up with friends, and enjoy great music and freestyle social dancing from 7:30pm – 10:00pm.
Chat with the Team: Key Swing Dance Company team members plus the regular Fareham crew will be there. Whether you want to request a specific song, ask about the upcoming term, or just say hello, it’s the perfect informal setting.
Discover Team Opportunities: Are you interested in getting more involved? Joining our team is a brilliant way to progress your swing dance journey and share your passion! This evening is a great opportunity to find out more about:
- Volunteering as a Coach or Demonstrator
- Exploring our Teacher Training pathway
- Supporting local events
Who Can Come? This evening is aimed at those who can already dance a bit (past or current students) and is not suited to complete beginners expecting a taught class.
Swing Into Action & Book Your Spot! Tickets are free, but please book your space so we can manage numbers and look out for you!
Event Details:
- Venue: Fareham Social Club
- Date: Tuesday, January 6, 2026
- Time: 7:30pm – 10:00pm
- Ticket Price: £0.00 (Free)
Season Ticket & Books of 10 Voucher Codes
Season Tickets (Jan – Mar 2026)
Commit to your dancing and save! The Season Ticket grants you entry to all paid Tuesday evening Special Events from 13th January through to 31st March 2026.- Best Value: The most economical way to enjoy the full term.
- Convenience: One booking covers you for the whole season-no need to book every week!
- Please note: Season tickets are non-refundable and non-transferable to other dancers or events.
Flexi-Pass: Book of 10 Voucher Codes
Want flexibility? Our “Book of 10” gives you a unique voucher code to book up to 10 spaces at our Tuesday Special Events in Fareham.- Totally Flexible: Use them all for yourself over the term, or use multiple credits at once to bring friends and family!
- Great Savings: Cheaper than buying individual door tickets.
- Valid for Tuesday Fareham events only. All credits must be used by 31st March 2026.
Terms & Ticket Cancellation Refund Policy
View full terms and conditions on the link below. This includes Ticket Cancellation Refunds Policy, Event Cancellation, Changes To Advertised Line Up, Aborting Events, and Transfer of Tickets. It also makes clear that a ticket purchase is for your personal enjoyment of the evening and does not provide permission to promote other events or similar.
By purchasing a ticket for this event, you accept the terms and conditions detailed on this link.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! ExpandThe course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Event Listing: Tuesday, January 6, 2026
Event Title: Welcome Back! Free Practice & Team Open Evening – Fareham
Event Description: Join us for a free Open Evening to kick off 2026! This is a relaxed, friendly, and fun session designed to welcome our community back after the break and look forward to the year ahead.
Reconnect & Dance: We’d love to welcome back past and current dancers for a mini-reunion and a chance to warm up your dance feet. Come along, catch up with friends, and enjoy great music and freestyle social dancing from 7:30pm – 10:00pm.
Chat with the Team: Key Swing Dance Company team members plus the regular Fareham crew will be there. Whether you want to request a specific song, ask about the upcoming term, or just say hello, it’s the perfect informal setting.
Discover Team Opportunities: Are you interested in getting more involved? Joining our team is a brilliant way to progress your swing dance journey and share your passion! This evening is a great opportunity to find out more about:
- Volunteering as a Coach or Demonstrator
- Exploring our Teacher Training pathway
- Supporting local events
Who Can Come? This evening is aimed at those who can already dance a bit (past or current students) and is not suited to complete beginners expecting a taught class.
Swing Into Action & Book Your Spot! Tickets are free, but please book your space so we can manage numbers and look out for you!
Event Details:
- Venue: Fareham Social Club
- Date: Tuesday, January 6, 2026
- Time: 7:30pm – 10:00pm
- Ticket Price: £0.00 (Free)
Season Ticket & Books of 10 Voucher Codes
Season Tickets (Jan – Mar 2026)
Commit to your dancing and save! The Season Ticket grants you entry to all paid Tuesday evening Special Events from 13th January through to 31st March 2026.- Best Value: The most economical way to enjoy the full term.
- Convenience: One booking covers you for the whole season-no need to book every week!
- Please note: Season tickets are non-refundable and non-transferable to other dancers or events.
Flexi-Pass: Book of 10 Voucher Codes
Want flexibility? Our “Book of 10” gives you a unique voucher code to book up to 10 spaces at our Tuesday Special Events in Fareham.- Totally Flexible: Use them all for yourself over the term, or use multiple credits at once to bring friends and family!
- Great Savings: Cheaper than buying individual door tickets.
- Valid for Tuesday Fareham events only. All credits must be used by 31st March 2026.
Terms & Ticket Cancellation Refund Policy
View full terms and conditions on the link below. This includes Ticket Cancellation Refunds Policy, Event Cancellation, Changes To Advertised Line Up, Aborting Events, and Transfer of Tickets. It also makes clear that a ticket purchase is for your personal enjoyment of the evening and does not provide permission to promote other events or similar.
By purchasing a ticket for this event, you accept the terms and conditions detailed on this link.
Event Listing: Tuesday, January 6, 2026
Event Title: Welcome Back! Free Practice & Team Open Evening – Fareham
Event Description: Join us for a free Open Evening to kick off 2026! This is a relaxed, friendly, and fun session designed to welcome our community back after the break and look forward to the year ahead.
Reconnect & Dance: We’d love to welcome back past and current dancers for a mini-reunion and a chance to warm up your dance feet. Come along, catch up with friends, and enjoy great music and freestyle social dancing from 7:30pm – 10:00pm.
Chat with the Team: Key Swing Dance Company team members plus the regular Fareham crew will be there. Whether you want to request a specific song, ask about the upcoming term, or just say hello, it’s the perfect informal setting.
Discover Team Opportunities: Are you interested in getting more involved? Joining our team is a brilliant way to progress your swing dance journey and share your passion! This evening is a great opportunity to find out more about:
-
Volunteering as a Coach or Demonstrator
-
Exploring our Teacher Training pathway
-
Supporting local events
What Happens? Our team will be playing your favourite tunes for freestyle practice throughout. There is no formal lesson planned for this evening—it’s all about dancing and socialising!
Who Can Come? This evening is aimed at those who can already dance a bit (past or current students) and is not suited to complete beginners expecting a taught class.
Swing Into Action & Book Your Spot! Tickets are free, but please book your space so we can manage numbers and look out for you!
Event Details:
-
Venue: Fareham Social Club
-
Date: Tuesday, January 6, 2026
-
Time: 7:30pm – 10:00pm
-
Ticket Price: £0.00 (Free)
Season Ticket & Books of 10 Voucher Codes
Season Tickets (Jan – Mar 2026)
Commit to your dancing and save! The Season Ticket grants you entry to all paid Tuesday evening Special Events from 13th January through to 31st March 2026.
-
Best Value: The most economical way to enjoy the full term.
-
Convenience: One booking covers you for the whole season—no need to book every week!
-
Please note: Season tickets are non-refundable and non-transferable to other dancers or events.
Flexi-Pass: Book of 10 Voucher Codes
Want flexibility? Our "Book of 10" gives you a unique voucher code to book up to 10 spaces at our Tuesday Special Events in Fareham.
-
Totally Flexible: Use them all for yourself over the term, or use multiple credits at once to bring friends and family!
-
Great Savings: Cheaper than buying individual door tickets.
-
Valid for Tuesday Fareham events only. All credits must be used by 31st March 2026.
Terms & Ticket Cancellation Refund Policy
View full terms and conditions on the link below. This includes Ticket Cancellation Refunds Policy, Event Cancellation, Changes To Advertised Line Up, Aborting Events, and Transfer of Tickets. It also makes clear that a ticket purchase is for your personal enjoyment of the evening and does not provide permission to promote other events or similar.
By purchasing a ticket for this event, you accept the terms and conditions detailed on this link.
Upcoming Mytchett Tea Dance December 2026
Teacher
-
Teacher Jan
No Biography Provided
Franchise Owner
Christmas Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – December 2026
Step into the festive spirit with our Christmas Swing Tea Dance! This is always a highlight of the year—a celebration of community, classic seasonal tunes, and holiday cheer. Take a well-deserved break from the Christmas rush to enjoy a fun, friendly afternoon with tea, treats, and plenty of festive jive.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance - Sunday 13th December
Mytchett Tea Dance December 2026
Sunday, December 13, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 11th October
Teacher
-
Teacher Jan
No Biography Provided
Franchise Owner
Christmas Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – December 2026
Step into the festive spirit with our Christmas Swing Tea Dance! This is always a highlight of the year-a celebration of community, classic seasonal tunes, and holiday cheer. Take a well-deserved break from the Christmas rush to enjoy a fun, friendly afternoon with tea, treats, and plenty of festive jive.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 13th December
Mytchett Tea Dance December 2026
Sunday, December 13, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 11th October
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, October 9, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Saturday, October 31, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, October 9, 2026 |
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, October 9, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Saturday, October 31, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, October 9, 2026 |
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
The event kicks off with a fun 30 minute class, suitable for all levels to get you warmed up.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue's licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided. The event closes at 6pm.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Upcoming Mytchett Tea Dance October 2026
Franchise Owner
As the leaves turn golden, keep the energy high at our Autumn Tea Dance! It’s the ideal way to stay active and sociable as the season changes. Join our welcoming community for an afternoon of uplifting swing tunes, friendly conversation, and a chance to dance the afternoon away.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance - Sunday 11th October
Mytchett Tea Dance October 2026
Sunday, October 11, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 31st May
Franchise Owner
As the leaves turn golden, keep the energy high at our Autumn Tea Dance! It’s the ideal way to stay active and sociable as the season changes. Join our welcoming community for an afternoon of uplifting swing tunes, friendly conversation, and a chance to dance the afternoon away.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 11th October
Mytchett Tea Dance October 2026
Sunday, October 11, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 31st May
As the leaves turn golden, keep the energy high at our Autumn Tea Dance! It’s the ideal way to stay active and sociable as the season changes. Join our welcoming community for an afternoon of uplifting swing tunes, warm conversation, and a chance to dance away the Sunday blues.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 11th October
Mytchett Tea Dance October 2026
Sunday, October 11, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 31st May
As the leaves turn golden, keep the energy high at our Autumn Tea Dance! It’s the ideal way to stay active and sociable as the season changes. Join our welcoming community for an afternoon of uplifting swing tunes, warm conversation, and a chance to dance away the Sunday blues.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 31st May
Mytchett Tea Dance October 2026
Sunday, October 11, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 31st May
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Tuesday, June 30, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Tuesday, June 30, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Tuesday, June 30, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
The event kicks off with a fun 30 minute class, suitable for all levels to get you warmed up.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided. The event closes at 6pm.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Tuesday, June 30, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, May 29, 2026 |
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
The event kicks off with a fun 30 minute class, suitable for all levels to get you warmed up.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue's licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided. The event closes at 6pm.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Upcoming Mytchett Tea Dance May 2026
Franchise Owner
Step into Summer! The Mytchett Tea Dance – May 2026
Kickstart your summer with a joyful afternoon on the dance floor! As the days get longer and warmer, our May Tea Dance is the perfect Sunday social. Whether you are looking to reconnect with friends or enjoy the music in a relaxed setting, you’ll find a vibrant atmosphere and plenty of fun waiting for you.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance - Sunday 31st May
Mytchett Tea Dance May 2026
Sunday, May 31, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 8th March
Franchise Owner
Step into Summer! The Mytchett Tea Dance – May 2026
Kickstart your summer with a joyful afternoon on the dance floor! As the days get longer and warmer, our May Tea Dance is the perfect Sunday social. Whether you are looking to reconnect with friends or enjoy the music in a relaxed setting, you’ll find a vibrant atmosphere and plenty of fun waiting for you.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 31st May
Mytchett Tea Dance May 2026
Sunday, May 31, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 8th March
Step into Summer! The Mytchett Tea Dance – May 2026
Kickstart your summer with a joyful afternoon on the dance floor! As the days get longer and warmer, our May Tea Dance is the perfect Sunday social. Whether you are looking to reconnect with friends or enjoy the music in a relaxed setting, you’ll find a vibrant atmosphere and plenty of fun waiting for you.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 31st May
Mytchett Tea Dance May 2026
Sunday, May 31, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before 8th March
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, March 6, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Tuesday, March 31, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, March 6, 2026 |
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, March 6, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Tuesday, March 31, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, March 6, 2026 |
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
| Details | Price |
Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Launch Rate | £11.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, March 6, 2026 |
| Early Booking Rate (ends 2wks before event) | £12.00 | Goes On Sale Tuesday, March 31, 2026 |
| Standard Rate | £14.00 | Goes On Sale Friday, March 6, 2026 |
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
The event kicks off with a fun 30 minute class, suitable for all levels to get you warmed up.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue's licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided. The event closes at 6pm.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Upcoming Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Teacher
-
Teacher Jan
No Biography Provided
Franchise Owner
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance - Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Teacher
-
Teacher Jan
No Biography Provided
Franchise Owner
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Spring Swing! The Mytchett Tea Dance – March 2026
Ready to step into Spring? Join our friendly community for a wonderful Sunday afternoon of swing music, dancing, and socialising at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley. Whether you are an absolute beginner or a seasoned dancer, you will find a warm welcome and plenty of fun.
We provide complimentary tea and cakes to fuel your dancing feet (please bring your own reusable mug to help us reduce waste!).
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before Friday 10th Oct
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before Friday 10th Oct
Book Mytchett Tea Dance – Sunday 8th March
Mytchett Tea Dance March 2026
Sunday, March 8, 2026 3:15 pm
Tickets go on sale on or before Friday 10th Oct
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Mytchett Tea Dance
Join us for a Sunday afternoon tea dance at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley! Complimentary tea and cakes await you at the dance. Please bring your own teacup or mug to reduce waste.
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is an ideal hang-out for new and existing social dancers, as a practice session or a happy welcome back for lapsed dancers.
We’ll be playing all the popular tunes from our classes so you can practice all you have learned.
More About The Mytchett Centre
As the premises are licensed and the bar will be open, all other drinks (excluding the free tea and coffee) should be purchased at the bar. Therefore, please do not bring your own drinks.
Places will be filled on a first come first serve basis and we are expecting to sell out!
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Mytchett Tea Dance
Join us for a Sunday afternoon tea dance at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley! Complimentary tea and cakes await you at the dance. Please bring your own teacup or mug to reduce waste.
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is an ideal hang-out for new and existing social dancers, as a practice session or a happy welcome back for lapsed dancers.
We’ll be playing all the popular tunes from our classes so you can practice all you have learned.
More About The Mytchett Centre
As the premises are licensed and the bar will be open, all other drinks (excluding the free tea and coffee) should be purchased at the bar. Therefore, please do not bring your own drinks.
Places will be filled on a first come first serve basis and we are expecting to sell out!
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Mytchett Tea Dance
Join us for a Sunday afternoon tea dance at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley! Complimentary tea and cakes await you at the dance. Please bring your own teacup or mug to reduce waste.
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is an ideal hang-out for new and existing social dancers, as a practice session or a happy welcome back for lapsed dancers.
We’ll be playing all the popular tunes from our classes so you can practice all you have learned.
More About The Mytchett Centre
As the premises are licensed and the bar will be open, all other drinks (excluding the free tea and coffee) should be purchased at the bar. Therefore, please do not bring your own drinks.
Places will be filled on a first come first serve basis and we are expecting to sell out!
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Mytchett Tea Dance
Join us for a Sunday afternoon tea dance at the Mytchett Centre near Camberley! Complimentary tea and cakes await you at the dance. Please bring your own teacup or mug to reduce waste.
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is an ideal hang-out for new and existing social dancers, as a practice session or a happy welcome back for lapsed dancers.
We’ll be playing all the popular tunes from our classes so you can practice all you have learned.
More About The Mytchett Centre
As the premises are licensed and the bar will be open, all other drinks (excluding the free tea and coffee) should be purchased at the bar. Therefore, please do not bring your own drinks.
Places will be filled on a first come first serve basis and we are expecting to sell out!
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is an ideal hang-out for new and existing social dancers, as a practice session or a happy welcome back for lapsed dancers.
We’ll be playing all the popular tunes from our classes so you can practice all you have learned.
More About The Mytchett Centre
As the premises are licensed and the bar will be open, all other drinks (excluding the free tea and coffee) should be purchased at the bar. Therefore, please do not bring your own drinks.
Places will be filled on a first come first serve basis and we are expecting to sell out!
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is an ideal hang-out for new and existing social dancers, as a practice session or a happy welcome back for lapsed dancers.
We’ll be playing all the popular tunes from our classes so you can practice all you have learned.
More About The Mytchett Centre
As the premises are licensed and the bar will be open, all other drinks (excluding the free tea and coffee) should be purchased at the bar. Therefore, please do not bring your own drinks.
Places will be filled on a first come first serve basis and we are expecting to sell out!
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar. Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Join Us At The Mytchett Centre, GU16 6AA – Click For More Venue Details
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
The event kicks off with a fun 30 minute class, suitable for all levels to get you warmed up.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue’s licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided. The event closes at 6pm.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Chance to Dance and Socialise
This laid-back Sunday afternoon treat is the ideal social hang-out. Whether you are a new dancer building confidence or an experienced jiver, it’s a relaxed environment to enjoy the music. We play a perfect mix of popular swing tunes so you can enjoy the moves you’ve learned in class.
The event kicks off with a fun 30 minute class, suitable for all levels to get you warmed up.
These Sunday socials are very popular and tickets are limited. We recommend booking early to secure your place!
More About The Mytchett Centre
To keep our relationship with this lovely venue sweet (and legal!), we must strictly observe their licensing rules. Please do not bring outside drinks into the hall, as the venue's licence requires that all other beverages be purchased at the bar.
Thank you for helping us respect their regulations! Complimentary tea, coffee, and water are provided. The event closes at 6pm.
Terms & Conditions
By booking, you agree to our terms and conditions. Please read them on this link.
Upcoming Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Teacher
-
Teacher Liz
No Biography Provided
Franchise Owner
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation - Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive - Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select 'Free Trial' below to reserve your spot instantly.
Teacher
-
Teacher Liz
No Biography Provided
Franchise Owner
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly.
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly.
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Welcome!
If you're here then you've heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
See What's Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson...
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows.
Leaders are the architects of the dance—you learn the blueprint. For you, it’s less about 'performance' and more about 'navigation'.
Followers act as the interpreters of the music—you take the leader's suggestion and infuse it with your own intuition and style, bringing the joy that turns a simple step into a conversation.
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, "Follower" tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- "Open" tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details - please check your spam filter if these don't arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the 'Partner Rotation' courses, teachers will organise the room. You’ll meet everyone in the class naturally. It’s a zero-pressure way to break the ice. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer "lead" or "follow" tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an "open" ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our 'Fixed Partner' courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our 'Partner Rotation' classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you're flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes... or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn't suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
What To Expect...
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it's time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course...
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you've completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you'll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK's finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation - Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive - Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select 'Free Trial' below to reserve your spot instantly.
Teacher
-
Teacher Liz
No Biography Provided
Franchise Owner
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly.
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly.
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Join 30+ other beginners for 10 weeks of fun, connection, and music!
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Select ‘Free Trial’ below to reserve your spot instantly. No payment required today!
Absolute Beginners SwingJive with Partner Rotation – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham (Partner Rotation)
Wednesday, January 21, 2026 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 25, 2026 9:30 pm
Want a free trial? Book here! Return here to pay for the course after the trial at the early rate.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.
Wednesdays in Fareham 8.30-9.30pm
This Course Runs: 21st Jan (Free Trial) to 25 March, 2026
Note that this course is runs with a partner rotation format. A “fixed partner” course is also available in Fareham – click here for more.
Join Us at Fareham Social Club! Expand
The course takes place at Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN.
Click here or on the pic below for full venue details.
“We have had a great time learning the moves over the past 10 weeks. Steve and Sue have made learning easy and fun.” Paul, Fareham
Discount When You Book On Free Trial Night! Expand
Book the full course in advance or on the evening directly after your free trial (up to midnight) to enjoy a discount off the standard rate.
The standard rate applies to all bookings completed from the day after your free trial.
Complimentary 12-Month Access to Online Course, Anywhere, Anytime! Expand
As a valued participant in our paid courses, you’ll receive exclusive free access to the complete online course. This means you can conveniently catch up on lessons and indulge in extra practice at your own pace, no matter where you are!
Explore our online school by clicking on the images below:
On Your Own, With Friends! Expand
This course is designed to be sociable! Featuring partner rotation throughout, you can book on your own, with a partner or with friends.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Swing Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Key Details…
Reserve Your Spot – Risk-Free!
Simply book your free trial to secure your place(s). You can decide if you want to continue (at the discounted rate!) after you’ve enjoyed your first lesson.
Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 Free Trial date to get a discount off the course fee, compared to the standard rate. Prices are shown in the ticket selector.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at the same discounted rate.
See What’s Coming Up On The Free Trial SwingJive Lesson…
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class:
Leader & Follower Roles
In partner dance styles, every duo consists of two roles working together: the leader and the follower. For a visual illustration, watch the video above, where Brooke (on the left) leads, while Debbie (on the right) follows:
Tickets & Lead/Follow Roles
- A similar number of leaders and followers make the class enjoyable for everybody.
- To keep Lead/Follow roles evenly distributed, “Follower” tickets are only offered when there are enough leaders, and vice-versa.
- “Open” tickets are always available, where you might be requested to lead or follow, contributing to a balanced class experience.
Find Out More Below!
Have Fun, Get Active, Be Sociable!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world.
See What Others Had To Say…
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” Anita & Mike, Farnborough
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
You can book this course with or without a dance partner. On the ‘Partner Rotation’ courses, teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. Partner rotation courses are open to any number of participants.
Although we may offer “lead” or “follow” tickets that specify your role, anybody booking an “open” ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Want to stay with your dance partner throughout? You can also lookout for our ‘Fixed Partner’ courses, where you book with your partner and stay with them for the duration of the course.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our ‘Partner Rotation’ classes are perfect for anyone who wants to experience the joy of dance, regardless of who you come with. Whether you’re flying solo, or bringing a group of friends, you can still join the fun!
Solo Participants: Meet new people in a supportive environment.
Groups: Bond with your friends and family while learning a new skill together.
Couples (who want to dance with others): Share a hobby and meet new people.
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. Enjoy a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one specific date each term for each beginner’s course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Free trials may be offered for the 2nd or 3rd week. Tickets would only be made available after the previous week’s lesson, and subject to availability.
- Take an online, on-demand free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand. You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
- Book the course without taking a free trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Joining Late
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
What To Expect…
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full 10-Week Course…
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order.
Swingeasy, our weekly PAYG class and dance format, is a great sociable alternative too.
Beyond these courses, you can find new challenges via workshops and mini-courses, and have fun at our live band events. Swinging Balls are open to all. Our celebrated Swinging Balls have been running for over 20 years. They have built a splendid reputation, attracting the UK’s finest jive and swing bands along with huge attendances.
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners, and health and safety.
It also makes clear that our classes are for your enjoyment only, and there are no other permissions, for example, to promote, advertise, sell or gather data for anything, whether for profit or not.